Page 1
ﺩThinkCentre 
ﺃﻧ ﻮ ﺍ ﻉ ﺍ ﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ 32803281329132923293329432963297329833053309           
ﻭ3311331233133314331533163318332033223324332533263327             
ﻭ332933413342   
Page 2
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻪ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ૧ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ         
١١١ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﻤﺎ. 
© Copyright Lenovo 2012.
ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﻳﻮﻟﻴﻮ 
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺪﺓ:ﻓﻲ ًﺎﻟﻌﻘﺪﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ،ﻳﺨ،ﺃﻭﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺸ   
ﺭﻗﻢGS-35F-05925 
Page 3
ﺍﻟ
ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ٢٧ 
ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ٢٧ 
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ.٢٧ 
ﺍﻹ٢٨ 
ﺩﻭﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ٢٨ 
ﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻭﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ٢٨ 
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ٢٨ 
ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰﺑﻠﺪﺃﻭﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮﻯ٢٨ 
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ٢٩ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺳ٢٩ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٤.ﺍﻷ٣١   
ﺧ٣١ 
ﺗﻮ٣١ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ٣٢ 
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕBIOS٣٢  
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕWindows٣٢  
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﻗﺎﺭ٣٣ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ٣٣ 
ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ٣٣ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴ٣٥   
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ٣٥ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٣٥ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٣٥ 
ﻓﻚ٣٥ 
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٣٦ 
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ٣٨ 
ﻓﻚ٣٩ 
ﻓﻚ٤٠ 
ﻓﻚ/ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ.٤١  
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ٤٢ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ٤٣ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ٤٦ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ.٤٧ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ٤٨ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ٥٠ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ٥٢ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ٥٣ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ.٥٦ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝWI-FI٥٧  
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ٥٩ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝBluetooth٦٠  
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻗﺎﺭ٦١ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝExpressCard٦٢  
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ
ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ٦٣ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝPS/2٦٤  
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ.٦٦ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮ
ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ.
ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻻﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺃﺳﻼ
ﻛﺎﺑﻼ
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﺲ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ
ﺑﻴﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ١.ﻧﻈ١   
ﺍﻟﺨ١ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻ٤ 
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo٥  
ﺍﻟﻮLenovoWindows 7٥    
ﺍﻟﻮLenovoWindows 8٦   
ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔLenovo٧  
ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ.٨ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ٨ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ١٠ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.١٢ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ١٥ 
ﺿﺒﻂ١٦ 
ﻣﻠﺼ١٦ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٢.ﺍﺳ١٩   
ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ.١٩ 
ﺍﻟﻮWindows 8١٩  
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ١٩ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭWindows٢٠  
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺯﺭThinkVantage٢٠  
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ٢٠ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺎﻭ٢٠ 
ﺿﺒﻂﺍﻟﺼ٢١ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ٢١ 
ﺿﺒﻂ٢١ 
ﺿﺒﻂ٢١ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍCDDVD٢١   
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻗﺮﺍCDDVD٢٢   
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻗﺮCDDVD٢٢   
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﻗﺮCDDVD٢٢   
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ٢٣ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٣.ﺃﻧ٢٧  
i
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 4
ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.٩ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.٦٧ 
ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ.٦٨ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ١٠.ﺗ  
ﻭﺇ٩ 
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ٩ 
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ٩ 
ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ٩ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ٩ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼCD٩  
ﻣﺸﻜﻼDVD٩  
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ٩ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ٩ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ٩ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ٩ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٠٢ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٠٣ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٠٤ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٠٥ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ١٠٥ 
ﻣﺸﻜﻼUSB١٠٦  
Lenovo Solution Center١٠٦ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ١١.ﺍﻟﺤ  
Power-On Password٨٠ 
Administrator Password٨٠ 
Hard Disk Password٨٠ 
ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ١٠٧ 
ﻣ١٠٧ 
Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools١٠٧ 
Lenovo Welcome١٠٧ 
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ١٠٧ 
ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﻭﺍﻟﻀ١٠٧ 
ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐLenovo١٠٧  
ﻣﻮﻗﻊLenovo١٠٨  
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ١٠٨ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ١٠٨ 
ﻃﻠﺐ١٠٨ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ١٠٩ 
ﺷﺮﺍﺀ١٠٩ 
CMOS٨٠ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ૧.ﺍﻹ١١١   
ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ١١١ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٦.٧١  
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWindows 7٧١  
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ.٧١ 
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ٧٢ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery٧٣  
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ٧٣ 
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ٧٤ 
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ٧٥ 
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ٧٥ 
ﺣﻞ٧٦ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWindows 8٧٦  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٧.ﺍﺳSetup Utility٧٩    
ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility٧٩  
ﻋﺮ٧٩ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ٧٩ 
ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ٨٠ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ٨٠ 
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ)ﻣﺴﺢ 
ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺃﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ٨١ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ٨١ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ٨١ 
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ.٨١ 
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦErP٨٢  
ﻭICE٨٢  
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱﻟـICE٨٣   
ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝSetup Utility٨٣  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٨.ﺗﺤﺪﻳ٨٥   
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ٨٥ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ٨٥ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ٨٥ 
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦﻓﺸﻞPOST/BIOS٨٦  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ૨.ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١١٣   
ﺍﻟﻤﻼ١١٣ 
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ١١٣ 
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ١١٣ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١١٥ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ૩١١٧  
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWEEE١١٧  
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١١٧ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١١٨ 
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١١٨ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ٩.ﺗﻔﺎﺩ٨٧   
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ٨٧ 
ﺍﻟﺤ
ﺑﻚ.٨٧ 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ٨٧ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡSystem Update٨٧  
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ٨٨ 
ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ.٨٨ 
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ٨٨ 
ﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ٩ 
iiﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre   
Page 5
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ١١٩ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ૪ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﺮﺓ   
(RoHS)١٢١ 
ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨ١٢١ 
ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨ١٢١ 
ﻟﻮﺍﺋﺢRoHS١٢١  
ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕRoHS١٢٢  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ૫ENERGY STAR١٢٣   
ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮ١٢٥ 
iii
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 6
iv ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ  
Page 7
ﻣ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ: 
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،ﻣﻦ.ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ   
ﻓﻲ"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺃﻣﺎﻥThinkCentre.ﺗﺆﺩ   
ﻹ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻮﻓﺮﻣﻮﻗﻊﺩﻋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ   
®
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦﻟﺪﻳﻚ"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺃﻣﺎﻥThinkCentre،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚPortable Document Format (PDF)    
ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺨﺎLenovo 
"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺃﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟ 
ﻻ،ﺇﻻﺇﺫﺍﻃ ُﻠﺐ،ﺃﻭﺇﺫﺍﺫ ُﻛﺮ.ﻳﺠ 
ﻓﻘﻂ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ .ﻋﺎﺩﺓ  ًﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ .ﺗﺘﻢﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﻣﻦﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﻣﻦﺇﻃﻔﺎﺀ 
ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ،٥  
ﻋﻠﻰ٣٥.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ،ﻓﺎﺗ   
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ،ﻳﻌﺪ ًﺎﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ.ﺃﺑﻌﺪﺃﺻ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﻱ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ  
ﻗﺒﻞ
ﻣﻨ 
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ،ﺇﻻﺃﻧﻬﺎﺗﻤﺜﻞ ًﺍﺑﺎﻟﻐًﺎ.ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ  
ﺍﻷ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮCRU،    
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﻱ،ﺍﺗﺨﺬﺍﻻ  
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺔ-ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ: 
• ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻚ .ﺇﻧﻪﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ .
v
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 8
• ﺐ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ .ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻭﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ   
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ
•ﻳﺠ 
•ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐCRU،ﻳﺠ    
ﻏﻴﺮ
• ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺤ ﺴﺎ ﺱ ﻟﻠﺸ ﺤﻨﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻪ ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ   ًﺩﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭ ﺽ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ  
ﺫﻟﻚ،،ﺛﻢ  
• ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﺧﺮ .
ﺃ 
ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﻻﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﺟﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ .
2
، ﺃﻭﺃﻓﻀ ﻞ .ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ،  
ﻳﺠ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ،ﻳﺠH05VV-F3G0.75      
ﻳﺠ
ﻻ.ﺣﻴﺚ.ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ  
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪء. 
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ، 
ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ،  
ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﻼ.ﻭﺃﻳ ًﺎﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ/ﺃﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ  
ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ
ﻳﺠ
ﻻ)ﻋﻠﻰ 
ﻓﻲ
ﻻ
ﺑﺴﻠﻚ
ﻛﺎﺑ 
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻪﺗﻢﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻛﺎﺑﻼ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،ﻓﻴﺠ  
ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ 
ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪ)ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ(ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ،ﻓﻼ   
ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻞﻟﺬﻟﻚ.
ﻻ.ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪ،ﻓﺎﺗ  
ﻻ؛ﻭﺇﻻ،ﻓﺈﻥﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ  
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺑﻌ.ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ًﺎ.ﺗﻌﺪ  
ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ،ﻓﺎﺗ  
viﻭ 
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 9
ﻣﻨﺎﺳ.ﻻ ًﺎﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡﻧﺴﺒﺔ80.ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲﻟﻠﺤ   
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،  
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﺑﻄ
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ
ﺍﻷ 
ً
ﻻ(USB)1394  
ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ؛ﻭﺑﺨ،ﻗﺪﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ.ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ،ﺍﻧﺘﻈ    ٍﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ 
ﺗﻮﻟﺪﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ًﺎ:
• ﺗﺘﺮ ﻙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻷ ﻱ ﺟ ﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ .
ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ 
•ﻻ 
•ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ،ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻭﻗﺪﺗﺘﻢﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ    
ﻭ
ﺗﻔﻘٰﺪ.ﻗﺒﻞ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ   
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴ.ﺇﺫﺍﻻ،ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻖ   
ﺩﺍﺧﻞ.ﻗﻢﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ.ﺇﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،  
ﺣﺎﻭﻝﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ.ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ،  
ﺗﻔﺤ،،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴ  
ﻟﺴ،ﻳﺠ 
•ﺍﺟﻌﻞﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ًﺎ،ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ  ًﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ.
•ﺗﻔﻘﺪﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ 
•ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﻣﻦﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥ  
ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﺃﻭﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ
•ﻻ 
•ﻻ،ﺣﻴﺚ   
•ﻳﺠﺩﺭﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ   
•ﻻﻓﻘﺪﺗﺘﻌﺎﺭ  
ﺑﻴﺌﺔ 
ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ،  
ﻳﺠ
ﺩﺭﺟﺔ)ﻣﻦ5095(ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.ﻗﺪﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮ.ﻓﺸ      
ﺣﺘﻰ
vii
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 10
ﺇﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﻮ،ﻓﻲ  
ﻳﺠ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،  
ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻ
ﻻ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢ،ﻓﻘﺪ  
ﻳﺤﺪ
ﻻ.ﺍﻟﻔ 
ﻣ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ: 
ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ 
writers Laboratories (UL) ﺗﻢﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠ Canadian Standards Association (CSA) 
ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ،ﻳﺠ ًﺎﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻻ،ﻣﺜﻞ: 
•ﻻ ًﺎﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ
•ﻻ ًﺎﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ
•ﻻ 
•ﻳﺠ 
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺧﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ    ُﻌﺪﻟ
•ﻻ 
ﺑﻴﺎ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ، 
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻨﺰﻉﺍﻷﻏﻓﻘﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞﻻ   
•ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ 
ﺧ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ
ﺑﻴﺎ 
ﻻ
viiiﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre   
Page 11
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺗﻴﺎﺭ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ 
ﻭﺟﻮﺩ،ﻓﺎﺗ 
ﺍﻟﺘﻨ 
ﺣﺎﻓﻆ،ﺛﻢﺍﻓ  
ﻋﻠﻰ،ﺛﻢﺍﻣﺴ  
ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ix
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 12
x ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ  
Page 13
®
Windows®7،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﺍﺑﺪﺃ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩﺧﻟﻌﺮ          
®
Core™  i3
ﺍﻟ١  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢLenovo  
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ
ﺍﻟ 
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ.ﺗﻐﻄ ُﺯ.
ﻟﻌﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ 
• ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utilityﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ٧"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utilityﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٩.ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩ Main       
!!System Summaryﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ . 
•ﻓﻲMicrosoft  
•ﻓﻲWindows 8،ﺣﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ     
ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ . 
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ)ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ 
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel  
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Core i5  
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Core i7  
®
®
•ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Celeron  
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Pentium  
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ3(DDR3 SODIMMs)  
ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ
•ﻣﺤﺃﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ   
•ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮSerial Advanced Technology Attachment (SATA)  
ﻣﻼ:ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎSATA 2.0SATA 3.0،ﺍﺭﺟ"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ     
ﺍﻟ١٥ 
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
•ﻟﻮﺣﺔLCDﻣ23ﺑﻮIn-Plane Switching      
•ﻟﻮﺣﺔLCDﻣ20ﺑﻮ     
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ
•ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕDisplayPortﻭﻣﻮDisplayPort    
•ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲ   ُﺮﺯ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ
•ﻣﻮ(HD)ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ   
١
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 14
•ﻣﻮ 
•ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ 
ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻻﺗ
•ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ100/1000 Mbps integrated Ethernet  
ﺧ
•ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯpower-on self-test (POST)  
•ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ(DMI)  
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ 
ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ
• ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ErP 
ﻳﻘﻠﻞ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ٨٢  
• ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ 
ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔIntel Active Management Technology  
ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎﺃﻗﻞﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ
• 
Intelligent Cooling Engineﻫﻮﻛﻤﺎﺗﺮﺍﻗﺐ  
ﻭICE.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺃﻧﻈ"ﻭICE٨٢"ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ       
ﺍﻟﺤـICE٨٣   
•Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) 
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ)ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ(ﺃﻭ   
ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ.
• System Management (SM) Basic Input/Output System (BIOS)SM  
ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻣﻮﺍSM BIOSBIOS   
ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
• 
Wake on LANﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓﻳﺘﻴﺢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪﻓﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﻳﺘﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ   
ﻭﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ .
• 
ﻣﻴﺰﺓWake on Ring،  ُﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎﺑﺎﺳﻢWake on Modem،   
ﻣﻦ
• 
Windows Management Instrumentationﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓﻓﻬﻮﻳﻮﻓﺮ  
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻬﺎﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ .
ﺧ/ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ(I/O)  
•ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺃﻃﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ   
•ﻣﻮ(USB) 3.0ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍUSB 1ﻭ2(      
•4ﻣﻮUSB 2.0ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬUSBﻣﻦ3ﺇﻟﻰ6(         
•ﻣﻮEthernetﻭﺍﺣﺪ   
•ﻣﻮDisplayPortﻭﺍﺣﺪ   
•ﻣﻮDisplayPortﻭﺍﺣﺪ   
٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 15
•ﻣﻮPersonal System/2 (PS/2)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ   
•ﻣﻮﻭﺍﺣﺪ)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ   
•ﻣﻮﻣﻮ  
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺃﻧﻈ٨   
ﺍﻟﻤﻮ١٠ 
ﺍﻟﺘﻮ
•ﺧﺎﻧﺔ 
•ﺧﺎﻧﺔ 
•ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔmini PCI Express x1  
ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ150 
ﺧ
•ﻳﺘﻢﺩﻣﺞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞComputrace Agentﻓﻲ   
•ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﻳﺴﻤﻰ  
•ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ 
•ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓUSBﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎﻛﻞ   
•ﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﻳﺘﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻣﻊﺑﻌ  
•ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(POP)،ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ،ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ      
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﺘﺴﻠﺴ 
•ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺪﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﺃﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ 
•ﺩﻋﻢﺇﻗﻔﻞKensington   
•Trusted Platform Module (TPM) 
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ٤٣١   
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ
ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ"ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo     
ﺍﻟ٥. 
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ
•ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows 7  
•ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows 8  
١
)ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٣   
ﺗﻢﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻧﻈﺎﻡ)ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ(ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ  
®
• 
١ .)ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ(ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﺩﺓﻫﻨﺎﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎﻭﺫﻟﻚﻓﻲﻭﻗﺖ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭ .ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ Lenovo    
ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔﻣﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ.ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺗﻢﺗﺮﺧﻴ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﻟﻠﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺨﺎ   
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Page 16
•Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP 3 
ﺍﻟﻤ 
ﻳﺴ
ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻄﺮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ20 
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻄﺮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ23 
• ﺲ :
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ
• ﻻﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ :
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ
ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻄﺮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ20 
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻄﺮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ23 
• ﺲ :
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ
• ﻻﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ :
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
• ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ :
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻓﻲ
• 
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ
• 
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ
ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
•ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲﻟﻠﻤﺪﺧ 
٤ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 17
–ﺾ 
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ:
ﻣﺪﻯ:ﻣﻦ5060   
–
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ:
ﻣﺪﻯ:ﻣﻦ5060   
ﺑﺮﺍﻣLenovo  
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎLenovo ٍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰWindows ًﺎ،ﻗﺪ  
ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ
ﺍﻟﻮLenovoWindows 7   
ﻓﻲWindows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovoLenovo ThinkVantage    ®Tools
ﺍﻟﻮLenovoLenovo ThinkVantage Tools  
ﻟﻠﻮ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools     
ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ
Enhanced Backup and Restore
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇ ﻬﻮﺭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolsﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺑﺎﻫﺘﺔ ،ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ    
ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ  
ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ 
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ١.ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools   
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ
ﻗﺎﺭﺉ
ﺳ
ﻣﺨﺰﻥ
ﻋﻨﺎﺻ
ﺃﻗﺮﺍ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ
ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
Communications Utility
Fingerprint Software
Lenovo Solution Center
Password Manager
Power Manager
Recovery Media
Rescue and Recovery
SimpleTap
System Update
View Management Utility
®
ﻣﻼﻗﺪ ًﺎﻟﻄ
ﺍﻟﻮLenovo 
ﻟﻠﻮ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﺛﻢ،ﺑﻨﺎﺀ    ًﻋﻠﻰ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ،ﺛﻢ   
ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٥   
Page 18
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools،    ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎ 
ﻓﻮ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ    
ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ
ﻳﺘﻢ
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ٢.ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ  
Lenovoﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ 
Lenovoﻗﺎﺭ 
Lenovoﺳ 
Lenovoﻣﺨﺰﻥ 
Lenovoﻋﻨﺎﺻ 
Lenovo -Enhanced Backup and
Restore
Lenovo - SimpleTap
Lenovoﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ 
Lenovo View Management Utility
ﺍﻟﻨ
ﻗﺴﻢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ 
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥLenovo 
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
Communications Utility
Fingerprint Software
Lenovo Solution Center
Password Manager
Power Manager
Recovery Media
Rescue and Recovery
SimpleTap
System Update
View Management Utility
ﻣﻼﻗﺪ ًﺎﻟﻄ
ﺍﻟﻮLenovoWindows 8   
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 ًﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovo  
• ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ Lenovo QuickLaunchﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ .ﻳﺘﻢﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ   ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﺣﺪﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ Lenovo.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ  
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ)+(.  
• ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ Windowsﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺃﺣﺪﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ Lenovo.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﻞ     
ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ.ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺤ  
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo 
•Fingerprint Software 
•Lenovo Companion 
•Lenovo Settings 
•Lenovo Solution Center 
•Lenovo QuickLaunch 
•Lenovo Support 
•Password Manager 
•System Update 
٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 19
ﻣLenovo  
ﻳﻘﺪﻡLenovo 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ  ًﺎﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
•Communications Utility 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞCommunications Utility ًﺎﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳًﺎ.ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ 
ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﻴﻦﻟﺘﺤIP(VOIP)  
•Fingerprint Software 
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ،ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ،ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺴ  
ﺍﻟﻘﺮWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔ   
ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
•Lenovo Cloud Storage 
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Cloud Storage ًﻟﻠﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ،.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ   
ﺍﻟﻤﺨ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ٍﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
Lenovo Cloud Storage ،ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ http://www.lenovo.com/cloud  
•Lenovo Companion 
ﻣﻦLenovo Companion،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•Lenovo Settings 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Settings 
ﻭﺍﻟ
•Lenovo Solution Center 
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚLenovo Solution Center.ﻓﻬﻮﻳﺠﻤﻊﺑﻴﻦﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ  
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺇﻟﻰ 
•Lenovo QuickLaunch 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo QuickLaunch ًﺳ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲLenovoMicrosoft   
ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ
•Lenovo Support 
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚLenovo SupportLenovo  
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools 
ﻳﺮﺷﺪﻙLenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻮﻓﺮﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ   
ﻓﻲ
•Lenovo Welcome 
ﻳﻘﺪﻡﻟﻚLenovo WelcomeLenovo  
ﺃﻗ
•Password Manager 
ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPassword Manager ًﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞWindows 
•Power Manager 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚPower Manager.ﻭﻳﻤﻜ  ّﻨﻚ
•Recovery Media 
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚRecovery Media 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٧   
Page 20
•Rescue and Recovery 
ﻳﻌﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ًﻟﻼ،  
ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ،،،    
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 
•SimpleTap 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚSimpleTap  
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚSimpleTap  ًﺎﻟﻠﻮLenovo App 
Shop ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ . 
ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSimpleTap،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ  
–ﻓﻮﻕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ SimpleTapﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ .ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ SimpleTap   
ﻷﻭﻝ
–ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺯﺭ ﻕ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ًﺍﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻓﻘﻂﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ   ُﺮﺯﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ  
SimpleTapﻋﻠﻰ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ   
•System Update 
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺣﺰﻡﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ )ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ  
Lenovo،ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ،ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ،ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ      
•View Management Utility 
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚView Management Utility.ﻓﻬﻮﻳﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺇﻟﻰ   
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻳ ًﺎﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
ﺃﻣﺎﻛ 
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ،ﺑﺎﻹ 
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ
ﻣﻼﻗﺪﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ًﺎ
ﺗ 
ﻳﻮ١"ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ٩ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ   
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ
٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 21
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ  
1 ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻧﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ 8ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ /ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ  
ﻳﻤﻴﻦ
ﻳﺴﺎﺭ
ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ
2ﺃﺩﺍﺓﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﻀ 
3ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﻋﻨﺼﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﻛﺘﻢﻭ    
4ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﻣﻊ 
5ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻋﻨﺼﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﻛﺘﻢﻭ    
6ﻣﺆﺷﺮﻧﺸﺎﻁ 
7ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔOn-Screen Display (OSD)  
ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٩   
Page 22
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،١٠  
ﺍﺳ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻥﻳﻌﻤﻞ:ﻭ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ  
ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮDisplayPortDisplayPort   
ﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ
ﻭﺍﻟﻄDisplayPort.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ/ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ   
ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ
ﻳﻮ
ﺍﻟﻮ
ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﺧﻴﺎﺭ.
ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ.
ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ 
ﺍ.
ً
ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ /ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ . 
OSDﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ. 
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔOn-Screen Display (OSD)OSD  
ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ/ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ 
ﻳﻤﻴﻦ
ﻋﻨﺼ/ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﻛﺘﻢ)ﻭ  
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(
ﻳﺴﺎﺭ
ﻋﻨﺼ/ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﻛﺘﻢ 
)ﻭ
ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ
ﺗ 
ﻳﻌﺮ٢"ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮ١١.ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺑﻌ    
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ
١٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 23
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢.ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮ  
10ﻣﻮDisplayPort  
12ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard  
13ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ*  
15ﻣﻮ 
1ﺯﺭﺇﻏ/ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ   
2ﻋﻨﺼﻭﻣﻮﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬﻣﻦﺇﻟﻰ      
3ﻋﻨﺼﻭ  
4ﻣﻮPS/2ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ(   
5ﻣﻨﻔﺬﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ(ﻣﻮﻣﻨﻔﺬﺭﻗﻢ2(     
6ﻣﻮ 
7ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ)ﻗﻔﻞKingstonﻣﻮ    
8ﻣﻮEthernetﻣﻮUSB 3.0ﻣﻨﻔﺬUSBﺭﻗﻢ1(        
9ﻣﻮDisplayPort  
ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ11،ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ  
•MultiMediaCard (MMC) 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١١   
Page 24
•Reduced-Size MultiMediaCard (RS-MMC) 
•MultiMediaCard-mobile (MMC-mobile) 
•MultiMediaCard-plus (MMC-plus) 
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ 
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ 
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ(SDXC)  
•Memory Stick (MS) 
•Memory Stick (MS) PRO 
•Extreme Digital (x-D) Picture CardﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉM   
•Extreme Digital (x-D) Picture CardﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉH   
ﻣﻮ
ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ
DisplayPort
ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮDisplayPort 
ﻭ
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ FCC Class B،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻛﺎﺑﻞCategory 5 Ethernet    
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﺘﻮ
ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮ9 
ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮUSB 2.0،ﻣﺜﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢUSBUSBUSB     
ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔUSBUSB،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚUSB،ﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻓﻲ     
ﺗﻮUSB 
ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮUSB 2.03.0،ﻣﺜﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﻣﺎﻭ   
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﻣﻮDisplayPort 
ﻣﻮDisplayPort 
ﻣﻮEthernetEthernet(LAN)   
ﻣﻮ
ﻣﻮPS/2PS/2  
ﻣﻮPS/2PS/2  
ﻣﻨﻔﺬﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ 
ﻣﻮUSB 2.0 
ﻣﻮUSB 3.0 
ﺗ 
ﻳﻮ،ﺍﺭ٣٨  
١٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 25
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ20   
15ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ 
16ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ 
17ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻮPS/2ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ   
21ﺷﺎﺷﺔLCD  
1ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ  
2ﻏﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ 
3ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ 
4ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ  
5ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ  
6ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺣﺎﻣﻞLCD   
7ﻣﻤﺘ(GPU)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ   
ﻓﻲﺑﻌ
22ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ 
24ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐVESAﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺎﺕ   
25ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٣   
8ﻗﺎﺭﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ  
9ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀﻣﺘﺎﺡﻓﻲﺑﻌ   
10ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFiﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌ   
11ﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ  
Page 26
26ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔﻣﻊﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌ  
12ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ 
27ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﻀﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ  
13ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ   
14ﻭﺣﺪﺓBluetoothﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌ   
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ23   
1ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌﻭﺣﺪﺓﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌ    
15ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ 
16ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ 
20ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ 
2ﻏﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ 
3ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ 
4ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻮPS/2ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ    
5ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ  
6ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ  
7ﻣﻤﺘ(GPU)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ   
ﻓﻲﺑﻌ
21ﺣﺎﻣﻞLCD  
8ﻗﺎﺭﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ  
١٤ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 27
22ﺷﺎﺷﺔLCD  
9ExpressCardﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌ  
10ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀﻣﺘﺎﺡﻓﻲﺑﻌ    
24ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐVESA  
25ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔﻣﻊﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌ  
26ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﻀﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ  
11ﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ  
12ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ 
13ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ   
ﺗ 
ﻳﻌﺮ٥١٥  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ  
15ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔMini PCI Express x1  
16ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ   
18ﻣﻮPS/2  
1ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ 
2ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ 
3ﻣﻮmSATAﻣﻮ   
4ﻣﻮﻟﻠﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ  
ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ
19ﻣﻮ 
21ﻣﻮSATA  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٥   
5ﻣﻮ 
6ﻣﻮﻣﻮ(COM2)ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ    
7ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ(2)  
Page 28
22ﻣﻮSATA 3.0ﻟﺘﻮ   
8ﻭClear CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide  
Semiconductor) /Recovery
23ﻣﻮ 
24ﻣﻮSATA 2.0ﻟﺘﻮ   
26ﻣﻮ14ﺳﻨﻮﻥ   
9ﻣﻮ 
10ﻣﻮ 
11ﻣﻮﻣﻮ  
12ﻣﻮExpressCard  
13ﻣﻮBluetoothﻣﻮ   
14ﻣﻮ 
ﺿ 
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻘًﺎﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞﺇﻃﺎﺭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻟﻀ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﺮﻳﺢﻟﻚ .ﺍﺳﺤ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞﻟﻔﺘﺤﻪ ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ  
10ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕﺩﺭ  
ﻣﻼﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ: 
ﺗﺄﻛﺪ؛ﺑﺨ،ﻗﺪﻳ  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦. 
ﻣﻠ 
ﺇﻥﺍﻟﻬﺪ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻻﺗLenovo،ﺗﻌﻤﻞ   
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻓﻨﻲ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ
١٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 29
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧.ﻣﻠﺼ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٧   
Page 30
١٨ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ 
Page 31
http://www.lenovo.com/ThinkCentreUserGuides
ﺍﻟ٢  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺍﻷ 
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ
ﻫﻞﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ؟ 
ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮLenovo 
ﺃﻳﻦ؟ 
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ،٧١  
ﺑﺎﻹ،ﻓﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovo    
ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ،١١"ﺍﻟﺤ١٠٧.ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ،       
ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﺑﺎﻷﻗﺮﺍ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺓﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺃﻥﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓﻗﺒﻞﺑﺪﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ .ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ،ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻢ    
ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ
ﺃﻳﻦWindows؟  
ﻳﻘﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWindowsWindows   
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ.ﻟﻠﻮWindows،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ   
•ﻓﻲ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺑﺪﺃﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ     
•ﻓﻲWindows 8،ﺣﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ     
ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﻮWindows 8  
ﻓﻲWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ.ﻟﻠﻮWindows 8،      
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺃﺣﺪﺍﻹ
• ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ 
١.ﺣ 
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.  
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.  
•ﻣﻦ 
١.ﺣ 
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺤ  
٣.ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows       
ﺍ 
ﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻟﻠﻄ،ﻳﺄﺗﻲ.ﻛﻤﺎﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ  
ﺍﺧﺘMicrosoft Windows 
١٩
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 32
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﺧﺘWindowsﻋﻠﻰ٢٠    
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ٢٠    
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﻋﻠﻰ٢٠   
ﺍWindows  
ﺗﻮﻓﺮMicrosoft Windows 
• ﺷﻌﺎﺭ WindowsAltﻛ ﻼ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ .ﻓﻬﻤﺎﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥﺑﺸﻌﺎﺭ Windowsﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،      
ﺍWindowsﺍﺑﺪﺃ.ﻓﻲWindows 8،ﺍWindows      
ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ.ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒWindows  ًﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ
• ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Ctrlﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ .ﻳﺆﺩﻱﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ   
ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦﺍﻟﻨﺸ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣ ﻲ ﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺃﻭﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭ    
ﺍﻟEsc 
ﺍThinkVantage  
ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞﺑﻌThinkVantageLenovo  
ﺍﻟThinkVantageSimpleTapWindows 7Lenovo PC Device    
Experience ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 8 
ﺍ 
ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺑﻬﺎﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﻟﺒ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻋ ﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﺣﻮﻝﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ     
Lenovoﻋﻠﻰ٧.  
ﻟﻔﺘﺢThinkVantage Fingerprint Software،ﺍﻧﻈ"ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo٥.     
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.ﻟﻼ،ﺍﺭThinkVantage Fingerprint Software   
ﺍ 
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭ
1ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ 
2ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﺓﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﺓﻓﻲﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺣﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ.  
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﻌﺮ
3ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭ 
٢٠ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 33
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
Windows
ﺿ 
ﻳﻤﺜﻞﺍﻟ.ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ 
ﻣ 
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ:ﻣﻮ.ﺗﻤﻜ  ّﻨﻚ
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ،ﻓ ًﻋ
ﺿ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﻮ، 
ﻣﻦWindows ّﻙ،ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻛﺘﻢ  
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺼ،ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊ٢١  
ﺇﺿ
ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﻣﻦWindowsﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ      
٢.ﻓﻲﺷﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺨ    
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺇﻟﻰﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.      
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﺤﻔﻆ   
ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 8ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ  
٢.ﻓﻲﺷﺍﻧﻘﺮﺗﺨ    
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺇﻟﻰﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.      
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﺤﻔﻆ   
ﺿ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ .ﻟﻀ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﻣﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻓﻲWindows 8ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ         
ﺍﻷ
٢.ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺼﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺿ    
٣.ﺣ ّﻙ
ﺍCDDVD   
ﻗﺪﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﻭﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﺒﺘ   ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ .ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺤ ﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ  
DVDﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻭﺫﺍﺕﺳﻢ)ﺑﻮﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ      ًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦﻟﻤﺤ  
ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﺃﻗﺮﺍDVD-ROMDVD-RDVD-RAMDVD-RWCD،ﻣﺜﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍCD-ROM       
ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍCD-RWCD-RCD.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚDVD،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ      ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﺴ
DVD-R ﺹ DVD-RWﻣﻦﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVD-RAMﺹ CD-RWﻭﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ CD-R    
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹDVD 
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ 
–ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢١   
Page 34
–ﺍﻟﺮ  
–ﻏﺒﺎﺭ  
–ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ  
–ﺳ  
–ﺿ 
•ﻻCDﺃﻭDVDﻓﻲ     
•ﻗﺒﻞ،ﺃﺧﺮCDﺃﻭDVDﻣﻦ       
ﺍCDDVD   
ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮCDDVD؛ﺇﻻﺃﻧﻬﺎﻻCDDVD،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ      
ﺍﻹ
•ﺃﻣﺴﻻ  
•ﻹ،ﺍﻣﺴﺢﻓﻘﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ    
ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
•ﻻ 
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ 
•ﻻ 
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ 
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ 
•ﻻﻓﻘﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ  
ﺗCDDVD   
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭ     
DVD،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺍﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﺪﺭ   
٢.ﻭﺃﺩﺧﺃﻭﻓﻲﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞﻋﻠﻰﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ       
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ،ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺑﻴﺪﻭﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻗﺮ ﺹ CDﺃﻭDVDﺣﺘﻰﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ .     
٣.ﺍﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺳﻴﺘﻢﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ     ًﺎ.
ﻟﻼ،ﺍﺭCDDVD   
ﻹCDDVDDVD،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:    
١.ﺍﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪ   ًﺎ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻘﺮ 
٢.ﺃﻏﻠﻖﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺃﻭﺩﻓﻊﺍﻟﺪﺭ  
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻘﻢﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ /ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞﻗ ﺼ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻴﺔﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻹ ﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄ ﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ    
ﻓﻲDVD.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ/ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ   ًﻣﻦ
ﺍﻹ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﻓﻲ 
ﺗCDDVD   
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎDVD ًﻹ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚCDDVD   
ﻟﺘﺴDVD،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ  
• ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Corel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo EditionPower2Go    ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ 
ﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
٢٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 35
–ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞCorel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo Edition،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ      
!!Corel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo EditionCorel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo Editionﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ   
ﻋ
–Power2Go،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞPowerDVD CreatePower2Go.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ        
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
• ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 8ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Power2Goﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:     
١.ﺣﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺤﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐPower2Go     
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕPower2Goﻓﻲ   
٣.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
®
Playerﻟﺘﺴﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺔﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،    
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ١٠٧ 
ﺍ 
ﻣﻼﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ 
ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ،ﺍ   
ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ،ﺍ 
ﺫﻟﻚ.ﻭﺳﻮ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ
ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ
ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﺴﺒﺐﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑ ﺼ ﻔﺔﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ :  
١ .ﺍﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﺮﺷﺎﺓﺃﻭﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔ . 
1.
٢ .ﺍﻧﻔﺦﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢٣   
Page 36
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٨.ﻧﻔﺦﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﺑﻌﻴﺪ  ًﺍﻋﻦ
٣ .ﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ 1ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﻔﺮﺷﺎﺓﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔﺛﻢﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻥ .ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺧﺪ ﺵ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍ ﻑ . 
٢٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 37
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٩.ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ  
ﻳﻮ
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ٣.ﺇﺻ  
ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ
ﻟﻤ
ﻟﻤ
ﺍﻟﻠﻤ
ﺍﻟﻠﻤ
ﺍﻟﻠﻤ
ﺍﻟﻠﻤ
ﺍﻟﻠﻤ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢٥   
ﺇﺻ
Windows 7 Starter
Windows 7 Home Basic
Windows 7 Home Premium
Windows 7 Professional
Windows 7 Ultimate
Windows 8
Windows 8 Professional
Page 38
٢٦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ 
Page 39
http://www.lenovo.com/healthycomputing
ﺍﻟ٣  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺇﻣ 
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﺘ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﻭﺍﻷ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮ
ﺗﻠﺘﺰﻡLenovo.ﻭﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﺬﻟﻚ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ   ًﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ 
ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ
ﺗﺘﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ.ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ،ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ   
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﺗﺮ 
ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖﺃﻗ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴ  
ﺑﻪ.ﻭﺗﻌﺪ،ﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺆﺛﺮ    
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣ 
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ،ﺇﻻﺃﻥ 
ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ.
ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮ.ﻳﺠ  
ﺃﻓ.ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ.ﻗﻢﺑ  ًﺎﻟﻸ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﻳﺠ ًﺎﻟﻸ.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻤﺴ ًﺎ
ﻭﺍﻷ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ 
ﺍ،ﺃﻭﺃﺩﻧﻰ،51   
61،ﻭﻳﺠ ًﺎ،،ﻣﺜﻞ  
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ 
٢٧
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 40
ﺍﻹ 
ﺿ،،ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎﻣﻦ.ﺍﻟ   
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ.ﺍ،ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺃﻣﻜﻦ   
ﺫﻟﻚ.ﻗﻢ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ  ًﺎ،ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞﺃﻱ،ﻣﻦ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ    
ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ   
ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ
ﻓﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺮ.ﻟﻜﻦ،ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﺮ   
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ.ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ًﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
ﺩ 
ﺗﻨﺘﺞ.ﻳﺤﺘﻮ.ﺃﻣﺎﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ   
ﻓﺘﺪﻉﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺆﺩﻱ،ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ   
ﺗﻠء،ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ  ًﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ51)2ﺑﻮ(.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﺠ   ًﺎﻣﻦﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ
ﺍﻟﻤﺂ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺇﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ    
•ﻳﺠ ًﺍﻋ
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟ"ﺃﺳvi   
ﺗ 
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺴ،ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ؛ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﻟﺬﻱLenovo   
ﺃﻳﺔ.ﺑﻌﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚLenovo،Lenovo    
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ.ﻭﻋ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ  
ﻟﺘﺴLenovo،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ  
•ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰhttp://www.lenovo.com/registerﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ   
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ًﺎ:
–ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰWindows 7ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞLenovo Product Registrationﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ     ًﺎﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ 
–Windows 8Lenovo Supportﺗﺴ   
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
ﻧﻘ 
ﻋﻨﺪﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ،ﻳﺠ.ﻳﻮﻓﺮ   
ﻋ
•ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰ٢٩   
•ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺳﻋﻠﻰ٢٩   
٢٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 41
ﻣ 
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ،ﺃﻣﺎ  
ﺑﻌ،ﻓﻼ.ﻗﺒﻞ،ﻳﺠ   
ﻭﺍﺛﻘًﺎﻣﻦﺃﻥ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ: 
ﻳﺠ)ﻣﺨﺮ(ﺍﻟﺘﻲ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦ،ﻓﺎﺗ    
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﺭﺟ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﻴﺠ  
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﺑﺎﻹ  
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻔﺤ 
•،ﻳﺠ 
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦ ًﺎﻣﻌﻪ، 
ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺮ،ﻣﺎﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ،  
•،ﻓﻴﺸﻴﺮ  
ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻭﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ًﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ  
ﺍﻟﻨﻈ
ﺍ 
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ،ﻓﻴﺠ  
ﺃﻭ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovo  
http://www.lenovo.com/powercordnotice
ﻟﻼ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ: 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٣.ﺃﻧﺖ٢٩   
Page 42
٣٠ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 43
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ﺍﻷ ﻣ ﺎ ﻥ  ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺧ 
ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ
• Computrace Agentﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ  
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞComputrace Agent 
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ،ﻣﺜﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻣﻚﺷ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Computrace Agent  
• ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ )ﻳﺴﻤﻰﺍﻳ ﻀ ﺎﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺪﺧ ﻞ ( 
ﻳﺤﻮﻝ.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ 
ﻣﻮ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰ    
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮSecurityﺣﺪﺩChassis Intrusion DetectionEnabledﻳﺘﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ      
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﺘﺸ،.ﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ  
ﺍﻟﺨ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ    
٢.ﺍF1ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲSetup UtilityﺛﻢﺍF10ﻟﻠﺤﻔﻆSetup Utilityﻟﻦ         
ﺍﻟﺨ
• ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ  
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ٨١  
• ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ  ُﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ (
ﻭﻓﻘﺎﻟﻄ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺤﺘﻮ.ﻓﻤﻦ  
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚSetup Utility  
ﻋ.ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ  
ﻭﺍﻵﻣﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.
• ﻞﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ 
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ٨١  
• 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•Trusted Platform Module (TPM) 
ﻭﺣﺪﺓTrusted Platform Module 
٣١
ﺗ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻔﻞ،ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﻳﺸﺎﺭﺍﻟﻴﻪﺑﺎﺳﻢﻗﻔﻞKensington،ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ.ﻳﺘﻢ     
ﺑﺨﺎﻧﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ.ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺃﻳ.ﻳﻌﺪ   
ﻧﻮﻉ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovoKensington   
http://www.lenovo.com/support
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 44
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ١٠ﻗﻔﻞﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ   
ﺍ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚMicrosoft WindowsBIOS  
ﺍﻻ
ﻛﻠﻤﺎBIOS  
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚSetup UtilityBIOS   
ﺑﻚ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ 
• Power-On PasswordPower-On Password،ﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ    ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﻳﺘﻢﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ 
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.،٨٠  
• Hard Disk Passwordﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ  
ﺍﻟﻘﺮHard Disk Password،  ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ
ﻣﺤﺮ،ﺍﺭﺟ٨٠  
ً
• Administrator Passwordﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ ﺺ ﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻣﺴﺆﻭﻻ   
ﻋ،ﻓﻴﺠAdministrator Password،ﺍﺭ   
"٨٠ 
ﻟﺴ.ﻭﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺆﺩﻱ  
ﻛﻠﻤﺎWindows  
ﻭﻓﻘًﺎWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ   
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟ١٠٧  
٣٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 45
ﺗﻜ 
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚSetup Utility  
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮFingerprint SetupSecuritySetup Utility   
•Preboot Authenticationﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.   
•Erase Fingerprint Dataﻟﻤﺴ  
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ    
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup UtilityﺣﺪﺩSecurityFingerprint SetupﺛﻢﺍEnterﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ        
Fingerprint Setup
٣.ﺣﺪﺩPreboot AuthenticationﺃﻭErase Fingerprint DataﺣEnter      
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻹEnter  
٥.ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕﺍﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ    
ﺍ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ،.ﺗﻌﻤﻞ  ًﺎ 
ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ًﺎ،ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ 
ﻋﻠﻰ.ﻛﻤﺎﺃﻧﻪﻳﺤﻤﻲ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ  
ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ،ﺍﺭ 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ًﺎWindowsWindows،   
"ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ١٠٧ 
ﺣ 
ﻟﻘﺪﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴ
ﺗﻘﺪﻡLenovo30.ﺑﻌﺪ30،ﻳﺠ      
ﺑﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺠﺐ ﺩﻭﻣ  ًﺎﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ .
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٣٣   
Page 46
٣٤ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 47
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻬ ﺎ ﺯ ﺃ ﻭ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟ ﻪ  ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ
ﻻ
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﻳﻌﺪ ًﺎﺃﻥﺗ
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞﺣﻴﺚ  
•ﻳﺠ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞPCIﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ   
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ
•ﻗﻢﺑﻤﻨﻊﺍﻷ 
•ﻗﺒﻞ،ﻳﺠ   
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ
• ،ﺇﺫﺍﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ      
ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻻ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻮ 
• ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﺧﺮ .
ﺗﺮ 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻣﻼ
١.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻷﻓﻘﻂ.  
٢.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ  
ﺗﺮ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ،   
ﻳﺠ،ﺍﺭ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ٨١٠،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ    
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
ﻓ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﻓﻘﻂ . 
٣٥
ﻟﻔﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 48
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﺮﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭﺑﻌﻴﺪ  ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١١.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻻﻃﺎﺭ  
٤ .ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺘﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﻴﻦﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ  
ﺃﻋﻠﻰ
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺗﺮ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﻓﻘﻂ . 
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣ .ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺇﻃﺎﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﺮﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭﺑﻌﻴﺪ  ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
٣٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 49
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٢.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻻﻃﺎﺭ  
٤ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦﺃﻋﻠﻰﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺘﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﺮ   
ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩﺃﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٣.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٣٧   
Page 50
٥ .ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺍﺳﺤ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳ ﻲ ﻭﺃﺯ ﻝﻗﻔﻞ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﻳﺒﻠﻎﻧﻄﺎﻕ  
ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٤.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻗﻔﻞ  
٦ .،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﺒﺮﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ . 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ  
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ 
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﺍﻟﻤﺨﺍﺭﺟﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ    
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ     
٣٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 51
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱﻣﺜﻞﺃﻧﻈﺗﻮﻋﻠﻰ     
٥.ﺿﺍﻣﺴﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٦.ﻓﻚﺃﻧﻈﻓﻚﻋﻠﻰ    
٧.ﺍﺛﻢﺍﺳﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻊ   
ﻏ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٥.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻏ  
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﻓ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﻓﻘﻂ . 
ﻟﻔﻚ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻓﻚﺃﻧﻈﻓﻚﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٦.ﻓﻚ ّﺖﺛﻢ ّﻙ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٣٩   
Page 52
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٦.ﻓﻚﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ  
٧ .ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻘﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻊﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ،ﺛﻢﺭﻛ   ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ 
ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﻓ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎ ﺱ 20ﺻ ﺔﻓﻘﻂ .  
ﻟﻔﻚ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﻓﻚﺛﻢ  ّﻙ
٤٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 53
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٧.ﻓﻚ  
٦ .ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﻴﻦﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ،ﺛﻢﺭﻛ   ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ 
ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﻓ/ﺍﻹ  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ/ﺍﻹ 
ﻟﻔﻚ/ﺍﻹ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻹﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ     
ﺖ/ﺍﻹ.ﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻊ/ﺍﻹ   
1ﺍﻟﺘﻲ 
ّ
٥.ﻓﻚ 
ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤١   
Page 54
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٨.ﻓﻚ/ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ   
٦ .ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ /ﺍﻹﺧ ﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ /ﺍﻹﺧ ﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻣﻊﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ . 
ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍ/ﺍﻹ  
٧ .ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ /ﺍﻹﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺗﺮ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎDDR3 DIMMs16.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ    
ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ2،ﺃﻭ4،ﺃﻭ8DDR3 SODIMMs16        
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻓﻚﺃﻧﻈﻓﻚﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٤٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 55
٦ .ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻻ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ .ﺍﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻔﺘﺢﻛﻠﺒﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻭﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ   
ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٩.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ  
٧ .ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺳﻨﻮﻥ 2ﺧﺎﻧﺔ 1.ﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﻠﻔﻬﺎﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﻭﺣﺪﺓ     
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٠.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٣   
Page 56
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ 
• ﻣﺮﻓﻘ ًﺎﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ 20ﺻ ﺔ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧ ﻞﺛﻢ ﺣﺮ   ّﻙ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ 
ﻹ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢١.ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ)ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ20    
• ﻣﺮﻓﻘ ًﺎﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ 23ﺻ ﺔ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧ ﻞﺛﻢ ﺣﺮ   ّﻙ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺇﻟﻰ 
ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٢.ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ)ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ23    
٦.ﺍﻓ 
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲ 
1،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻓﻲ       
٨ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ   
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔﻓﻲ
٤٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 57
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٣.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ 
١٠ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
• ﻣﺮﻓﻘ ًﺎﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ 20ﺻ ﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻃ ﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻓﻲ   
ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٤.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ)ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ20    
• ﻣﺮﻓﻘ ًﺎﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ 23ﺻ ﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓ   
ﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٥   
Page 58
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ)ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ23    
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ . 
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ 
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
1ﻓﻲ 
٥.ﺍ 
٤٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 59
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٦.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ  
٦ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ .  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٧.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٧   
Page 60
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺃﺧﺮﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ.ﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
ﺖ.ﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻊﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ 
1ﺍﻟﺘﻲ 
ّ
٦.ﻓﻚ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ 
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ 
٨.ﺭﻛ ّﺐ
٩.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ    
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ  
ﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
٤٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 61
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﻟﻤﻤﺘﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﺍﺗﺒﻊ 
1ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 2ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 1ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
3ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 4ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 3ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
a.ﺍﻧﺰ 
b.ﺍﻧﺰ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ . 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٩.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﻤﺘ  
٦ .ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄ ﻞ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ  ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﻣﻼ
a.ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ 
b.ﻻ 
٧.ﺿ 
٨.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﻤﺘﻋﻠﻰ    
1ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 2ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 1ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
3ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 4ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 3ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
a.ﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ 
b.ﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
• ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ،ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ  
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٩   
Page 62
• ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ،ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ "ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٨  
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ  
ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﺃﺧﺮﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻋﻠﻰ    
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻﺗﻼﻣ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺸ ﺤﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪﺃﻱ ﺷ ﻲ ء. 
1ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰﻟﻠﻮ  
٦ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮ  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٠.ﺍﻟﺘﻮ  
٧ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺳ ﺤﺒﻪﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ . 
٥٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 63
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣١.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ  
ﻣﻼ
a.ﻗﺪﻳﺒﺪﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ 
1ﻓﻲ 
ﺎ
ً
2 ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.ﻳﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳ   
b.ﻳﺠﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  ًﺎﺍﻟﺒﺤ
ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮ
c.ﺍﻟﻤﻻ  
d.ﻻءﻓﻲ   ًﺎ.ﻳﺠ 
٨.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ًﺎﻣﻦﺃﻥ
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻲ 
١٠ﺃﻣﺴ 
ﺗﺠﻮﻳ
١١ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﻟﻴﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﻮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥١   
Page 64
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٢.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
١٢ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻏ 
١٣ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻋﻠﻰ    
١٤ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮ 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ 
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﻻﻻﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰ   
٦.ﻓﻚﺛﻢﺃﺧﺮ  
٥٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 65
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٣.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ  
٧ .ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ،ﺛﻢﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺛﻘﺒﻲ ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﻱ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎﻣﺤﺎﺫﻳﺎﻟﺘﻠﻚ  
ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮ
٨.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ 
٩.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﻻ 
ﺖVESAVESA  ًﺍﻋ
1ﺍﻟﺘﻲ 
ّ
٦.ﻓﻚ 
ﺖVESA20  
1ﺍﻟﺘﻲ 
ّ
ﻣﻼﻳﺨﺘﻠ 
23 ﺻ ﺔ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٣   
Page 66
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٤.ﻓﻚVESA   
٧ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧ ﻞﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ VESA  
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ  ًﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ .
٥٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 67
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٥.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ  
٨ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺃﺣﺪﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﻪﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ VESAﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ    
ﺍﻟﺤVESA 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ  ًﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٥   
Page 68
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٦.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
١٠ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕﻣﻊﺗﻠﻚ  ّﺐﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ. 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﻓﻘﻂ . 
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣ .ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ 
٥٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 69
٤ .ﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﻓﻚﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ .ﻟﻔﻚﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻓﻚﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ      
٥.ﻻﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ     
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ 
1 ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺧﺮﺝﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .  
٦.ﻓﻚ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ 
٧.ﻭ ّﻪﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺘﻲ  
ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.
٨.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ 
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ    
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺍWI-FI  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢWI-FI 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻛﺎﺭ ﺕ WI-FIﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ .  
ﻻWI-FI،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٧   
Page 70
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﻓﻚﺍﻹﺍﻧﻈﻓﻚﺍﻹﻋﻠﻰ      
٥.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﻋﻠﻰﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ     
٦.ﺍﻓﺛﻢﻓﻚ  ّﺖﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ. 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺼﻞﺍﻟﻜﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WI-FI  
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWI-FIﺑﺤWI-FIﻹmini PCI Express x1      
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﺎﺭﺕ WI-FI  
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻄWI-FIﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲmini PCI Express x1ﺍWI-FIﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢ        
ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWI-FIWI-FI  
٥٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 71
٩.ﺭﻛ ّﺐﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ. 
١٠ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ.  
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻣﺠ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ . 
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﻓﻚﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ .ﻟﻔﻚﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻓﻚﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ      
٤٠
1ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ 
٥ .،ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ ،ﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٠.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺠ  
٦ .ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺠ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٩   
Page 72
٧ .ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻊﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ،ﺛﻢﺭﻛ  ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ 
ﺍﻟ
٨ .ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺠ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ "ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٥ 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺍBluetooth  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢBluetooth 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﻜﻮﻥﻭ ﺣﺪﺓ Bluetoothﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ .  
ﻻBluetooth،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ  
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﻓﻚﺍﻹﺃﻧﻈﻓﻚﺍﻹﻋﻠﻰ      
٥.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٦.ﻻﻭﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰ  
٧.ﻗﻢ،ﺑﺤﺑﻔﻚﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎﺑﺤﻴﺚ    
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﻭﺣﺪﺓBluetooth  
٨.ﺿﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲﺛﻢﺍﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ    
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ     
١٠ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻹﺃﻧﻈﻓﻚﺍﻹﻋﻠﻰ      
٦٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 73
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺒﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ  ُﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ .
ﻻ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ 
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﻗﺎﺭﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﺍﻓ 
1ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ 
٦ .ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٢.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻗﺎﺭ  
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕﺛﻢ  ّﺐ
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦١  
Page 74
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺍExpressCard  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢExpressCard 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻜﻮﻥExpressCardﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ .  
ﻻExpressCard،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
1ﺍﻟﺘﻲExpressCardﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺛﻢﺍﺳ   
٥ .،ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ ،ﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ   
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٣.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔExpressCard   
٦ .ﺻ ﻴﻞ ExpressCardﺻ ﻞ ExpressCardﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ExpressCard    
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ،ﺛﻢ ّﺐExpressCard 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
٦٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 75
• ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ،ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ "ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٨  
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻣﻼﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ 
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ 
ﺣﺘﻰ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ    
٥.ﻻ 
٦.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ّﺖ
1ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 2ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 1ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
3ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 4ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 3ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
a.ﺍﻧﺰ 
b.ﺍﻧﺰ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ   
ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٣   
Page 76
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٤.ﻓﻚ  
٧ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄ ﻞ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳ ﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ  ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﻣﻼ
a.ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﻟﻒ 
b.ﻻ 
٨ .ﻊ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻳﻦﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓ 
ﻟﻬﺎﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٩ .ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒ  ّﺖ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ،ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٤٤   
"ﻓﻚﻋﻠﻰ٦٤   
1ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 2ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 1ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
3ﺟ 
ﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 4ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 3ﺗﻤﺎﻣ   ًﺎ .
ً
a.ﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ 
b.ﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ 
١٠ ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳ ﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٥     
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺍPS/2  
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮPS/2 
٦٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 77
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ PS/2ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﻓﻘﻂ .  
ﻻPS/2،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢ .ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ    
ﻟﻠﺴ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ     
٥.ﻓﻚﺍﻹﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈﻓﻚ     
ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ  
1ﻟﻔPS/2ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ   
٦.ﻓﻚ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﻓﻚﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ PS/2  
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٥.ﻓﻚPS/2   
٧ .ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ PS/2ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ .ﺛﻢﺭﻛ   ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ 
ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔPS/2 
٨ .ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻼ ﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺮ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ "
ﺍﻟ١٥ 
٩ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ /ﺍﻹﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ /ﺍﻹﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ "ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤١ 
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٥   
Page 78
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ 
ﺎﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ً
1ﺃﻭﺑﻤﻮUSBﺗﺒﻌ   
٢ .ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﻣﺘﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ PS/2  
ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻮ،"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ٨ﺃﻭ   
"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ١٠ 
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٦.ﻣﻮ  
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺛﻢﺃﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﺍﻟﻼ   
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﺍﻟﻼ 
٣.ﺃﺧﺮﻣﻦ  
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺑﻤﻮﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.   
٥.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ 
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ًﺍﻟﻼ
2.ﺃﺧﺮﺝﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ  
1.ﺍﻓﺘﺢ 
4.ﺭﻛ ّﺐﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ًﺎﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ
3.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺑﺄﻱﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.   
٦٦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ 
Page 79
6.ﺣﺮ ّﻙ
LEDﺍﻟﺼﻣ  ً.
5.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ّﻛﻪﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ .
ﻣﻼ
–ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺇﻟﻰ   
–ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ   
–ﺍﺩﻓﻊﻳﻄﻴﻞ   
–ﺍﻓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ  
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺍ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕv.  
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ 
1
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٧  
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺨﺎ  
ﺃﻭﺑﻤﻮUSB2.ﺗﺒﻌ   ًﺎﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﺬﻱ،"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ  
ﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ٨ﺃﻭ١٠  
Page 80
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٧.ﻣﻮ  
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺃﺑﻌﺪﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ. 
٣.ﺭﻛ ّﺐﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﻤﺆﺷ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ  
٤.ﺃﺧﺮﻣﻦﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ    
"ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ"ﻋﻠﻰ  
٥.ﺃﻏﻠﻖﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ  
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﺫﻫ   
•ﻻ،ﺍﺫﻫﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ٦٨      
ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ 
ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻ،ﻳﺠ.ﺃﻳ  ًﺎ، ًﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ،ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪSetup Utility٧"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ   
Setup Utility٧٩ 
٦٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 81
ﻹ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١ .ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ 
ﺍﻟ١٢ 
٢ .ﺕ ﺗﻢ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻬﺎﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻗﺒﻞﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﺃﺑﻖﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻔ ﺼ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻫﻴﻜﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ  
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ
٣ .ﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻊﺍﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ  
ﺇﻟﻰ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٩.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ  
٤.ﻓﻲﻗﻢﺑﺈﻗﻔﺎﻝﺃﻧﻈﺗﻮﻋﻠﻰ     
٥.ﻓﻲﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ.ﺃﻧﻈﻓﻚﻋﻠﻰ     
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﻋﻠﻰ    
٧.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚﺍﺭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ    
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ،ﺗﻄﻠﺐﺷﺮﻛﺔ Lenovoﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ (CRU)ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ     
ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻣﻊCRUCRU  
ﺍﻟﺤ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚhttp://www.lenovo.com/support  
ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٩   
Page 82
٧٠ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 83
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ﻣﻌﻠ ﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍ ﻻ ﺳ ﺘ ﻌﺎﺩ ﺓ  ﻳﺘﻴﺢLenovo 
•ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWindows 7ﻋﻠﻰ٧١    
•ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕWindows 8ﻋﻠﻰ٧٦    
ﻣWindows 7  
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ
•ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ 
•ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ 
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery  
•ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ 
•ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ 
•ﺣ 
ﻣﻼ
١ .ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Enhanced Backup and Restore ًﺎ،ﻓﺈﻥ  
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
a.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ      ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎEnhanced Backup and Restore 
b.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
c.ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂEnhanced Backup and Restore    
٢ .ﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ .ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﻃﺒﻘ ًﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ  
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ
٣ .ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻸ ﻏﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻘﻂ :
٧١
•ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ًﺎﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ
•ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ 
•ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ 
ﺇﻧ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ.ﻭﺗﻔﻴﺪ  
ﺇﻟﻰ،ﺃﻭﺑﻴﻌﻪ،ﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ،ﺃﻭ.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ    
ﻭﻗﺖ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻓﻲﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ .ﻗﺪ  
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ.ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚMicrosoft Windows،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ    
ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺤﻔﻆ
ﺇﻧ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ USB    
ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀWindows 7،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools     
!!ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ .ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ .    
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 84
ﺍﺳ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻓﻲWindows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  
ﺍﺳﺘﻼ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴ  ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ 
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ
ﻻWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.)ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭUSB  
ﻣﺤﺮ
٢.ﺍﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﺗﺮ    ٍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﺛﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ   
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ     
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ٧٥ 
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ 
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚRescue and Recovery،ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ  
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،،ﺑﺎﻹ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚRescue and Recovery    
•ﻓﻲ 
•ﻋﻠﻰ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ   ّﺐ
•ﻋﻠﻰUSBﺧﺎﺭﺟ   
•ﻋﻠﻰ 
•ﻋﻠﻰﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮ  
ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 
ﺇﺟ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮRescue and Recovery 
ﻹRescue and RecoveryWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١ .ﻣﻦﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ Windows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools       
!!Enhanced Backup and RestoreﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery   
٢.ﻓﻲﺍLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery   
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕBack up your hard driveﺛﻢﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ    
ﺍﻻ
ﺇﺟ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮRescue and Recovery 
ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬRescue and RecoveryWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١ .ﻣﻦﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ Windows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools       
!!Enhanced Backup and RestoreﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery   
٢.ﻓﻲﺍLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery   
٧٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 85
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕRestore your system from a backup  
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ   
Recoveryﻋﻠﻰ٧٣  
ﺍRescue and Recovery  
ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋ ﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ  
Windowsﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  
ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ 
• ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦﻧﺴﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ :ﺗﺴﻤﺢﻟﻚﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recoveryﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ    
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ،ﻣﺜﻞUSB.ﻳﻜﻮﻥ   ًﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﻣﻦRescue and RecoveryUSB  
• ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ Rescue and Recoveryﺖ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻟﻠﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ  
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚRescue and Recovery،     
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 
• ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ :ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recoveryﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ   
ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚC:   
ﺍﻷ.ﻭﺣﻴﺚRescue and RecoveryWindows،ﻗﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ     
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍWindows 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ Rescue and Recoveryﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮ ﺿ ﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،   
ﺳﻴﺘﻢ)ﻋﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥC:.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ   ًﺎ،ﻓﻘﻢ 
ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀﻧﺴ.ﺇﻥﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚRescue files    
Rescue and Recovery ﺦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦﺁﺧﺮ .
ﻟﺒﺪﺀRescue and Recovery،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ    
٣.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻓﺎﻛﺘﺐﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ   
Rescue and Recoveryﺑﻌﺪﻓﺘﺮﺓﻗ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺍﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻨﺠﺢ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺣﻞﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ     
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ 
•ﻻ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮRescue filesﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ     
•ﻻRescue and Recoveryﺃﻭ   
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮFull Restore  
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕRescue and Recovery،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.   
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ    
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ٧٥ 
ﺇﻧ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮUSB،ﺍﺳﺘﺮ   
ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞRescue and Recovery 
ﻣﻼ
١ .ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٦.ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ٧٣   
Page 86
٢ .ﺹ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ .
ﺇﻧ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١ .ﻣﻦﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ Windows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools       
!!Enhanced Backup and RestoreﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery   
٢.ﻓﻲﺍLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery   
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ   
٤.ﻓﻲRescue Mediaﺣﺪﺩﻧﻮﻉﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻭ     
ﻣﺤﺮ
٥ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ OKﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ .  
ﺍﺳ
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ :  
١.ﺃﻭﻗ 
٢.ﺍﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﺗﺮ    ٍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ
٣.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺤﺮﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝ   
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟEnter 
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ USBﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ :   
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ   
٢.ﺍﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﺗﺮ    ٍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ
٣.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺣﺪﺩﻗﺮﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥﺳﻴﺘﻢﺑﺪﺀ    
ﻋﻨﺪﺑﺪﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ ،ﺳﻴﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺘﺎﺡﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ    
Recoveryﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
ﺇ
ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻹLenovo،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ  
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. 
٢.ﺍﺫﻫC:\SWTOOLS  
٣.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻓﻲﺗﻮﺟﺪ   ًﺎﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ
٤.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ 
٥.ﻓﻲﺍﺑﺤﺃﻭﺍﻷﺍ     
ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
٧٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 87
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ،ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭ ﻱ ﺗ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺢ   
ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﻓﻲ
ﻹ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ 
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. 
٢.ﺍﺫﻫC:\SWTOOLS  
٣.ﺍﻓﺘﺢDRIVERSﺿDRIVERSﺗﻮﺟﺪ     ًﺎﻟﻸ
ﻣﺜﻞAUDIOVIDEO  
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ 
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ 
•ﻓﻲ،ﺍﺑﺤSETUP.exeﺍ     
•ﻓﻲ،ﺍﺑﺤREADME.txtﺃﻭﺃﻱ.txtﻗﺪﻳﺘﻢﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ،ﻋﻠﻰ         
ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،WIN98.txtTXT.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ    
• ﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠ ﻒ ﻟﻪﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ .infﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ INF،ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ   
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕWindows 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺔ ،ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊ"ﺍﻟﺤﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ "   
ﺍﻟ٨٧ 
ﺇ 
ﻓﻲ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ.ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ  
ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﺗ
ﻹ،Microsoft Windows  
ﻹ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻵ ﺧﺮ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻟﺪﻳﻪﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺃﻡ ﻻ .  
•ﻹ ًﺎ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕMicrosoft Windowsﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.    
•ﻹ ًﺎﻣﻦLenovo،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. 
٢.ﺍﺫﻫC:\SWTOOLS  
٣.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻓﻲﺗﻮﺟﺪ   ًﺎﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ
٤.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ 
٥.ﻓﻲﺍﺑﺤﺃﻭﺍﻷﺍ     
ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
ﺇ 
ﻹ، 
ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ،.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ   
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،"ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ  
ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ"٧٤ 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٦.ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ٧٥   
Page 88
ﺣ 
ﺍﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦRescue and RecoveryWindows،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺃﻱ   
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺍﻧﻈﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻋﻠﻰ٧٣     
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭ 
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ٧١ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and RecoveryWindowsﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ    
ﺍﻻ،ﻓﻘﺪ)ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍUSB(ﻣﺤﺪﺩ    ًﺍﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺑﺪﺀ 
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻓﻲ.ﻳﺠ ًﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪSetup Utility"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ٨١   
ﺃﻭ.ﻟﻠﺤSetup Utility،ﺃﻧﻈ٧"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility٧٩       
ﻣﻦﺍﻟ
ﻣWindows 8  
ﻳﻘﺪﻡWindows 8 
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻚ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﻣﻦ Windows Store،ﺳﺘﺘﻢﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ    
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻷ
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻰ: 
١ .ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ  
!!ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻋﺎﻡ.  
٢ .ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﺩﻭ ﻥﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ    
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ.ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ 
ﻭﺍﻹ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ .ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻌﻤﻞﻧﺴﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ      
ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻻ
ﻹ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻰ: 
١ .ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ  
!!ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻋﺎﻡ.  
٢ .ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﺷ ﻲ ءWindows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ     
ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ
ﺗﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ  
Windowsﻣﻦ 
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﺣﺍﻧﻘﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ   
!!ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻋﺎﻡ.  
٢ .ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑﺍﻷﺧ ﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ .       
٧٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 89
٣ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻣﺘﺒﻌ  ًﺎﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ .
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪٍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎWindows 8،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ   
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٦.ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ٧٧   
Page 90
٧٨ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre  
Page 91
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ﺍﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺑ ﺮ ﻧﺎ ﻣ ﺞ Setup Utility  ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility،ﺑ.ﻭﻣﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ    
ﻣﻦSetup Utility 
ﺑﺪSetup Utility  
ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utilityﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎ 
٢.ﺍﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄﻋﻨﺪﺗﻮﻗ    
ﺍﻟF1 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ Power-On PasswordAdministrator Password،ﻓﻠﻦﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utilityﺃﻥ      
ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ،ﺍﺭ٧٩  
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﺘﺸPOST،  
ﻭﺳﺘﺘﻢﻣ
• ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F1ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility  
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F10ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utilityﺿ ﻐ ﻂ Enter      
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ.ﻟﻦﻳﺘﻢ 
• ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F2ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺄﻭﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ . 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﻟـﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ .ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﻣﻴﺰﺓ      
Change Detection،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞSetup Utility  
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩSecurityConfiguration Change Detectionﺛﻢﺍ     
٣.ﺣﺪﺩEnabledﺛﻢﺍEnter    
٤.ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕﺍﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ    
ﻋ 
ﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺒﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻧﻈﺮ      
"ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ٧٩ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ      
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ . 
ﺍ 
ﻣﻦSetup Utility،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ   
ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ
•Power-On Password 
•Administrator Password 
•Hard Disk Password 
٧٩
ﻟﺴ.ﻭﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺆﺩﻱ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﺮﺭ   
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ،ﻓﺎﻗﺮﺃﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ. 
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 92
Power-On Password 
Administrator Password 
ﺍ 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ64 ًﺎﺃﺑﺠﺪﻳًﺎﻭﺭﻗﻤﻴًﺎ.،ﻳﻜﻮﻥ 
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻹ  
•ﺃﻥ 
•ﺃﻥ 
•ﻻSetup Utilityﻭﻣﺤ   
•ﻳﺠ 
•ﻳﺠ 
•ﻳﺠ ًﺎ
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪPower-On Password،  ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ
ﻳﺆﺩﻱAdministrator Password.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ  ًﻋ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ،ﻓﻴﺠAdministrator Password  
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦAdministrator Password،  ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝSetup Utility 
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﻮSetup Utility،ﺇﻻﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ  
Password ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ .
Hard Disk Password 
ﻭﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻓﻲ
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ    
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩSecurity   
٣.ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰﺣﺪﺩSet Power-On PasswordﺃﻭSet Administrator PasswordﺃﻭHard Disk Password      
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻦﺃﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﺤﺪﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻓ  ًﺎﺃﺑﺠﺪﻳًﺎﻭﺭﻗﻤﻴًﺎ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ     
"ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕﻋﻠﻰ٨٠   
ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻞٍﻣﻦPower-On PasswordAdministrator Password،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ.ﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺠAdministrator      
ﻳﺆﺩﻱHard Disk Password 
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪHard Disk Password،  ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﻣﻼ
•ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ،ﺗﺘﻢ   
•ﻓﻲ،ﻻ   
ﺗ 
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺃﻭ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ)ﻣCMOS  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ،ﻣﺜﻞ 
٨٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 93
ﻹ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﻋﻠﻰﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ     
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥﻭ2(ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥﻭ3(.      
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ    
٦.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺛﻮﺍﻥ  ٍ.ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ٍﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ.
٧.ﻛﺮﺭﺍﻟﺨ1ﺇﻟﻰ2.    
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﻘﻞﻣﺮﺓﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥﻭ2(.    
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ    
ﺇﺗﺎ 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﻣﻮUSBUSB،ﻟﻦﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼ   
USB
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦDisabled،ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞSATA   
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ(ﻭﻟﻦﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﻮ 
USB Setup
SATA Controller
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ : 
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ    
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩDevices   
٣.ﺑﻨﺎﺀﺍﻋﻠﻰﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
•ﺣﺪﺩUSB SetupﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞUSB    
•ﺣﺪﺩATA Drive SetupﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦSATAﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ.     
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻹEnter  
٥.ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕﺃﻧﻈﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﻋﻠﻰ     
ﺗ 
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻘﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ،ﻣﺜﻞ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﻵﺗﻰ  
ﺗ 
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺒﺪﺀ .
١.ﺃﻭﻗ 
٢.ﺍﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩﺍﺗﺮ    ٍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﺛﻢﺍﺳﻴﺘﻢﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ   
ﻣﻼﻟﻦPlease select boot deviceﺇﻟﻰ   
ﺍ 
ﻟﻌﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٧.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility٨١    
Page 94
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ    
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩStartup   
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓPrimary Startup SequenceﻭAutomatic Startup SequenceﻭError Startup Sequenceﺍﻗﺮﺃﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ       
ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ
٤.ﺍF10Setup Utility"ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭSetup Utility     
ﺗﻤErP  
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚErPPowerSetup Utility   
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦErPSetup Utility،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ    
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩPowerEnhanced Power Saving Modeﺛﻢﺍ     
٣.ﺣﺪﺩEnabledﺛﻢﺍEnter    
٤.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔPowerﺣﺪﺩAutomatic Power Onﺛﻢﺍ     
٥.ﺣﺪﺩWake on Lanﺛﻢﺍ   
٦.ﺣﺪﺩDisabledﺛﻢﺍ   
٧.ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕﺍﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ    
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ErPﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :   
•ﺍﻟ 
•ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦWake Up on Alarm  
ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ .ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility  
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩPowerAutomatic Power Onﺛﻢﺍ     
٣.ﺣﺪﺩWake Up on Alarmﺛﻢﺍﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ     
٤.ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕﺍﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ    
• ﻣﻴﺰﺓ After Power Loss 
ﺗﺘﻴﺢAfter Power Loss.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦAfter Power Loss،    
ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility  
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩPowerAfter Power Lossﺛﻢﺍ     
٣.ﺣﺪﺩPower Onﺛﻢﺍ   
٤.ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕﺍﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ    
ﻭICE  
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚICE Performance Mode.ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ  
•Better Acoustic Performanceﺍﻹ  
•Better Thermal Performance 
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ،ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺄﻗﻞﺿ ﻮ ﺿ ﺎﺀﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ .ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ   
Thermal Performance،ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺄﻓ  
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦICE،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
٨٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 95
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ    
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩPower   
٣.ﺣﺪﺩIntelligent Cooling Engine (ICE)ﻳﺘﻢ   
٤.ﺣﺪﺩICE Performance Modeﻳﺘﻢ   
٥.ﺣﺪﺩBetter Acoustic PerformanceﺃﻭBetter Thermal Performanceﺣ     
٦.ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕﺃﻧﻈﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﻋﻠﻰ     
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪـICE   
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚICE Thermal Alert.ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ  
•Enabledﺍﻹ  
•Disabled 
ﺑﻌﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦـICE،ﻓﻲ،ﻣﺜﻞ،ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ،ﻭ       
ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ،ﺗﺘﻢﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔWindows  
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦـICE،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:   
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻧﻈﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ    
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺪﺩPower   
٣.ﺣﺪﺩIntelligent Cooling Engine (ICE)ﻳﺘﻢ   
٤.ﺣﺪﺩICE Thermal Alertﻳﺘﻢ   
٥.ﺣﺪﺩEnabledﺃﻭDisabledﺑﺤ     
٦.ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕﺃﻧﻈﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﻋﻠﻰ     
ﺍﻟSetup Utility  
ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ     
Escﻣﺮﺍﺕﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ  
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ،ﺍF10ﻟﺤﻔﻆSetup Utility      
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ،ﻓﺤﺪﺩExitDiscard Changes and Exitﺛﻢﺍﻋﻨﺪ       
Saving،ﺣﺪﺩYes،ﺛﻢﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ      
• ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔ ،ﻓﺎﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F9ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility    
ﻭﺇﻧﻬﺎﺋﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٧.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility٨٣    
Page 96
٨٤ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ 
Page 97
Lenovoﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﻭﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ      
http://www.lenovo.com/support
ﺍﻟ٨  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮPOSTBIOSPOSTBIOS    
ﺍ 
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺗﺘBIOSPOST،ﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup UtilityPOST      
ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ
ﺑﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚSetup Utility   
ﺗﻮ.ﺃﻧﻈ٧"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility٧٩     
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ  
ﺑﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ،  
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﻭ
ﻗﺪﺗﻘﻮﻡLenovoPOSTBIOS،ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ    
ﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔﺍﻟﻄ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ 
ﺗ)ﺗ 
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺫﺍﺗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀﻟﻠﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮ ﺹ )ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﺮ ﻑ ﺃﻳ ﻀ   ًﺎﺑﺎﺳﻢﻧﺴ ﺨﺔ ISOﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻗﺮ ﺹ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ  
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ: 
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﺃﻭﻗ 
٢.ﺍﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﺍﺗﺮ    
٣.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺣﺪﺩﻣﺤﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝ   
ﺍﻟEnter ٍﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ
٤ .ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺴ ﻞ ،ﻳﻮﺻ ﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﻡﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺿ ﻐﻂ N.ﻭﻣﻊﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺴ ﻞ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂ Y،      
ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐEnter 
٥ .ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻩ ،ﻳﻮﺻ ﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﻡﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺿ ﻐﻂ N.ﻭﻣﻊﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻩ ،    
ﺍY،ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐEnter   
٦ .ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ .ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ .   
ﺗ)ﺗ 
ﻣﻼﻧﻈ ًﺍﻟﻠﺘﺤLenovoﻋﻠﻰ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺨ،     
ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
١.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰhttp://www.lenovo.com/support  
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ 
a.ﻓﻲEnter a product numberﺃﺩﺧﻞ،ﺃﺩﺧGoﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ(.       
b.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕDownloads and driversﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻼ   
٨٥
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 98
c.ﺣﺪﺩBIOSﻓﻲRefine resultsﺗﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭـ       
d.ﺍ 
٣.ﺍﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ(ﻣﻦ    
٤.ﺍﻃﺒﻊﺗﻌﺪ  ًﺍ
٥.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
ﺍﻻPOST/BIOS  
ﻓﻲPOSTBIOS،ﻓﻘﺪ.ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪ     
ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺈﺟPOSTBIOS   ُﻄﻠﻖ"ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓBoot-block  
١ .ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ  
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻧﻈﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ    
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﻋﻠﻰﺃﻧﻈﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ     
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱClear CMOS /Recovery  
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥﻭ2(ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥﻭ3(.      
٦.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮ 
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺃﻧﻈﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻠﻰ    
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ 
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ(ﻭﻓﻲﺍﻧﺘﻈﻭﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ       
ﺳﺘﺴﺘﻐﺮ ﻕ ﺟﻠﺴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺩﻗﻴﻘﺘﻴﻦﺃﻭﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻴﺘﻢﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺃﻱ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﻳﻠﺰﻡﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﻩ .  
٩.ﺑﻌﺪﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻟﻦﻳﻜﻮﻥ  ًﺎ.
١٠ﻛﺮﺭﺍﻟﺨ1ﺇﻟﻰ4.    
١١ﻗﻢﺑﻨﻘﻞﻣﺮﺓﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥﻭ2(.    
١٢ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮ 
١٣ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ 
١٤ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ 
٨٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre 
Page 99
ﺍﻟ٩  
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ
ﺗ 
ﻓﻲ،ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ.ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ   
ﺃﺣﺪ
ﺣﺪﺩﺃﻳًﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ
•ﺍﻟﺤﻋﻠﻰ٨٧   
•ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚﻋﻠﻰ٨٧   
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡSystem Updateﻋﻠﻰ٨٧    
ﺍﻟ 
ﻣﻼﻧﻈ ًﺍﻟﻠﺘﺤLenovoﻋﻠﻰ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺨ،     
ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovo 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺔﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ .ﺣﻴﺚﻟﻢﺗﺨ ﻀ ﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ    
Windowsﻋﻠﻰﻭﻗﺪﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ   
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺔﻣﻦ 
١.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰhttp://www.lenovo.com/support  
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕDownload & Driversﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ   
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻧﻮﻉ 
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ 
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ 
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ 
٨٧
ﺗ 
ﺗﻘﻮﻡMicrosoftWindowsMicrosoft Windows Update.ﻳﺤﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊ    
ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖWindows.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ  
ﺃﻭﻧﺴ،ﺃﻭﺗ 
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺔﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ Windowsﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ .ﻟﻢﺗﺨ ﻀ ﻊﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ Windows   
ﻋﻠﻰLenovo.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ  
Lenovo،ﺍﻧﻈ٨٧  
ﻟﻠﻮMicrosoft Windows Update،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:  
١.ﺗﻔhttp://windowsupdate.microsoft.com/  
٢.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 
ﺍSystem Update  
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙSystem Update.ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺨLenovo   
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎﻣﻦLenovo.ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﻮBIOS   
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕSystem UpdateLenovo،ﻓﺈﻧﻪﻳﺘﻌﺮ   ًﺎ
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 100
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ.ﻳﻌﺮ ٍﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSystem Update 
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ.ﺃﻧﺖ  
ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ.ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ،ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSystem Update   ًﺎﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ،ﺃﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ًﺎﻓﻲ،  
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﻟﻔﺘﺢSystem Update،ﺍﻧﻈ"ﺍﻟﻮLenovoWindows 7٥ﺃﻭ"ﺍﻟﻮ       
Lenovo٦. 
ﻓﻲSystem Update ًﻞ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚLenovohttp://www.lenovo.   
com/support
ﺍﻟﺘﻨ 
ﺑﻔ،.ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮ  
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ
•ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ٨٨   
•ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒﻋﻠﻰ٨٨   
–ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ"ﻋﻠﻰ٨٨    
–ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"ﻋﻠﻰ٨٨    
–ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﻋﻠﻰ٨٩    
–ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮﻋﻠﻰ٨٩   
•ﻣﻤﺎﺭﻋﻠﻰ٩   
ﺍﻷ 
ﺇﻟﻴﻚ
•ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ  ٍﻭﺛﺎﺑﺖ.
•ﻻﻓﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ  
ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ.
• ﺑﺎﻷ ﻃﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐﺟ ﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻜﺒﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﺎﻕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﻤﺎ  
ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﻴﻦﻟﻼ
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐﻓﻘﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ  
•ﺍﻓ ًﺎ،ﻭﻟﻴ  
ﺗﻨ 
ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺗﻨﻈﻴ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ: 
ﺗﺄﻛﺪ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻘﻂ
ﻟﻮ
ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: 
٨٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre